4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or https://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1.0.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2020 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
35 * Copyright (c) 2021, Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
36 * Copyright (c) 2023 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP.
40 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
42 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
43 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
47 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
48 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
49 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
51 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
53 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
63 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
64 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
65 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
66 #include <sys/vdev_raidz.h>
67 #include <sys/vdev_draid.h>
68 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
69 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
71 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
74 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
75 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
76 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
77 #include <sys/unique.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
79 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
80 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
81 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
82 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
83 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
85 #include <sys/callb.h>
86 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
87 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
88 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
89 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
90 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
94 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
95 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
96 #include <sys/callb.h>
98 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
101 #include "zfs_prop.h"
102 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
103 #include <cityhash.h>
106 * spa_thread() existed on Illumos as a parent thread for the various worker
107 * threads that actually run the pool, as a way to both reference the entire
108 * pool work as a single object, and to share properties like scheduling
109 * options. It has not yet been adapted to Linux or FreeBSD. This define is
110 * used to mark related parts of the code to make things easier for the reader,
111 * and to compile this code out. It can be removed when someone implements it,
112 * moves it to some Illumos-specific place, or removes it entirely.
114 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
117 * The "System Duty Cycle" scheduling class is an Illumos feature to help
118 * prevent CPU-intensive kernel threads from affecting latency on interactive
119 * threads. It doesn't exist on Linux or FreeBSD, so the supporting code is
120 * gated behind a define. On Illumos SDC depends on spa_thread(), but
121 * spa_thread() also has other uses, so this is a separate define.
126 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
129 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
131 typedef enum zti_modes
{
132 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
133 ZTI_MODE_SCALE
, /* Taskqs scale with CPUs. */
134 ZTI_MODE_SYNC
, /* sync thread assigned */
135 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
139 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
140 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
141 #define ZTI_SCALE { ZTI_MODE_SCALE, 0, 1 }
142 #define ZTI_SYNC { ZTI_MODE_SYNC, 0, 1 }
143 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
145 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
146 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
148 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
149 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
154 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
155 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
159 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
160 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
161 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
162 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
163 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_SCALE
164 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
165 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
166 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
167 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
168 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
169 * particular taskq is chosen at random. ZTI_SCALE uses a number of taskqs
170 * that scales with the number of CPUs.
172 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
173 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
174 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
176 static zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
177 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
178 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
179 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
180 { ZTI_SYNC
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
181 { ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
182 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
183 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
184 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
187 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
188 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
189 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
190 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
191 const char **ereport
);
192 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
195 * Percentage of all CPUs that can be used by the metaslab preload taskq.
197 static uint_t metaslab_preload_pct
= 50;
199 static uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 80; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
200 static uint_t zio_taskq_batch_tpq
; /* threads per taskq */
203 static const boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
204 static const uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
207 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
208 static const boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process => no sysdc */
211 static uint_t zio_taskq_wr_iss_ncpus
= 0;
214 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
215 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
217 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
220 * Allow read spacemaps in case of readonly import (spa_mode == SPA_MODE_READ).
221 * This is used by zdb for spacemaps verification.
223 boolean_t spa_mode_readable_spacemaps
= B_FALSE
;
226 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
227 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
229 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
232 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
234 static int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
237 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
238 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
239 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
240 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
241 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
243 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
244 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
245 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
246 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
248 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
249 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
250 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
252 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
253 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
254 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
255 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
257 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
260 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
261 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
262 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
264 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
265 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
266 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
267 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
268 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
269 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
271 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
274 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
275 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
276 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
278 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
281 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
283 static const boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
286 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
287 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
289 static int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
290 static int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
293 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
294 * triggered in testing.
296 static int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
297 static int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
300 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
301 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
302 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
304 static int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
307 * ==========================================================================
308 * SPA properties routines
309 * ==========================================================================
313 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
316 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, const char *strval
,
317 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
319 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
322 propval
= fnvlist_alloc();
323 fnvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
);
326 fnvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
);
328 fnvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
);
330 fnvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
);
331 nvlist_free(propval
);
335 * Add a user property (source=src, propname=propval) to an nvlist.
338 spa_prop_add_user(nvlist_t
*nvl
, const char *propname
, char *strval
,
343 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
344 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
) == 0);
345 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
) == 0);
346 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
) == 0);
347 nvlist_free(propval
);
351 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
354 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
356 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
357 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
358 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
359 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
360 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
361 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
363 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
366 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
367 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
368 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
369 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
371 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
372 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
373 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
374 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
376 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
377 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
378 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
379 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
381 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
382 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
384 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
385 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
386 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
387 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
388 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
389 (spa_mode(spa
) == SPA_MODE_READ
), src
);
391 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
392 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
394 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
395 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
396 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_BCLONEUSED
, NULL
,
397 brt_get_used(spa
), src
);
398 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_BCLONESAVED
, NULL
,
399 brt_get_saved(spa
), src
);
400 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_BCLONERATIO
, NULL
,
401 brt_get_ratio(spa
), src
);
403 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
404 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
406 version
= spa_version(spa
);
407 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
408 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
409 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
411 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
412 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
414 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
415 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
420 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
421 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
423 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
424 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
425 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
428 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
432 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
433 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
434 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
437 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
442 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
444 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
445 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
449 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
450 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
,
451 spa
->spa_compatibility
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
454 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
455 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
458 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
459 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
460 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
462 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
463 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
466 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
467 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
468 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
470 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
471 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
474 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
475 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
476 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
477 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
478 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
479 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
480 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
486 * Get zpool property values.
489 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
491 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
497 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
501 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
502 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
503 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
506 * Get properties from the spa config.
508 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
510 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
511 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0)
515 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
517 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
518 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
519 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
522 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
525 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) ==
526 ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
&& !zfs_prop_user(za
.za_name
))
529 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
531 /* integer property */
532 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
533 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
534 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
536 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
537 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
539 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
540 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
544 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
546 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
547 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
550 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
553 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
556 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
561 /* string property */
562 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
563 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
564 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
566 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
569 if (prop
!= ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
570 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
572 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
573 spa_prop_add_user(*nvp
, za
.za_name
, strval
,
576 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
583 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
585 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
586 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
587 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
597 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
598 * for the property values to be set.
601 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
604 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
606 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
609 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
611 const char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
612 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
613 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
616 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
618 * Sanitize the input.
620 if (zfs_prop_user(propname
)) {
621 if (strlen(propname
) >= ZAP_MAXNAMELEN
) {
622 error
= SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
);
626 if (strlen(fnvpair_value_string(elem
)) >=
628 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
631 } else if (zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
632 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
633 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
637 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
638 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
643 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
647 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
648 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
649 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
653 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
655 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
660 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
661 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
663 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
664 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
666 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
669 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
670 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
671 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
672 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
673 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
674 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
675 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
676 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
679 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
680 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
681 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
682 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
685 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
687 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
689 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
694 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
696 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
697 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
698 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
700 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
701 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
706 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
708 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
709 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
715 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
720 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
721 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
726 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
731 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
732 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
734 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
736 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
740 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
741 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
742 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
743 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
746 * This is a special case which only occurs when
747 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
748 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
749 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
750 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
751 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
752 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
755 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
756 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
757 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
761 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
762 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
765 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
768 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
771 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
772 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
776 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
777 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
779 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
780 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
781 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
784 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
785 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
787 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
788 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
789 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
793 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
794 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
805 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
806 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
808 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
809 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
810 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
813 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
814 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
822 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
824 const char *cachefile
;
825 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
827 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
831 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
834 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
835 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
836 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
839 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
841 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
843 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
847 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
850 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
851 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
853 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
856 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
857 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
859 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
860 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
861 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
864 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
&&
865 zfs_prop_user(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
870 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
873 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
874 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
876 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
877 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
881 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
882 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
886 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
887 * create the pool properties object, the features for
888 * read object, the features for write object, or the
889 * feature descriptions object.
891 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
892 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
893 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
904 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
905 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
912 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
915 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
917 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
918 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
919 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
920 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
926 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
928 uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused
= arg
;
929 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
930 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
933 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
934 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
935 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
936 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
939 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
940 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
941 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
943 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
944 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
946 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
952 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
954 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
955 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
957 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
959 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
961 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
962 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
963 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
964 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
965 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
967 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
968 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
972 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
973 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
974 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
975 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
976 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
977 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
978 * sysevent to update any watchers.
981 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
986 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
987 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
988 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
990 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
991 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
995 * Clear the kobj flag from all the vdevs to allow
996 * vdev_cache_process_kobj_evt() to post events to all the
997 * vdevs since GUID is updated.
999 vdev_clear_kobj_evt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1000 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
1001 vdev_clear_kobj_evt(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1003 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
1004 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
1007 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
1008 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
1014 * ==========================================================================
1015 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
1016 * ==========================================================================
1020 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
1022 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
1023 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
1026 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
1027 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
1029 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
1033 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
1034 * re-initializes them in the process.
1037 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
1039 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
1041 memcpy(last
, &spa
->spa_errlist_last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
1042 memcpy(scrub
, &spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
1044 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1045 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1046 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1047 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1048 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1049 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1053 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1055 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
1056 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
1057 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
1058 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
1059 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1060 uint_t cpus
, flags
= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
1063 case ZTI_MODE_FIXED
:
1064 ASSERT3U(value
, >, 0);
1070 * Create one wr_iss taskq for every 'zio_taskq_wr_iss_ncpus',
1071 * not to exceed the number of spa allocators.
1073 if (zio_taskq_wr_iss_ncpus
== 0) {
1074 count
= MAX(boot_ncpus
/ spa
->spa_alloc_count
, 1);
1077 boot_ncpus
/ MAX(1, zio_taskq_wr_iss_ncpus
));
1079 count
= MAX(count
, (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ 99) / 100);
1080 count
= MIN(count
, spa
->spa_alloc_count
);
1083 * zio_taskq_batch_pct is unbounded and may exceed 100%, but no
1084 * single taskq may have more threads than 100% of online cpus.
1086 value
= (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ count
/ 2) / count
;
1087 value
= MIN(value
, 100);
1088 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
1091 case ZTI_MODE_SCALE
:
1092 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
1094 * We want more taskqs to reduce lock contention, but we want
1095 * less for better request ordering and CPU utilization.
1097 cpus
= MAX(1, boot_ncpus
* zio_taskq_batch_pct
/ 100);
1098 if (zio_taskq_batch_tpq
> 0) {
1099 count
= MAX(1, (cpus
+ zio_taskq_batch_tpq
/ 2) /
1100 zio_taskq_batch_tpq
);
1103 * Prefer 6 threads per taskq, but no more taskqs
1104 * than threads in them on large systems. For 80%:
1107 * cpus taskqs percent threads threads
1108 * ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1119 count
= 1 + cpus
/ 6;
1120 while (count
* count
> cpus
)
1123 /* Limit each taskq within 100% to not trigger assertion. */
1124 count
= MAX(count
, (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ 99) / 100);
1125 value
= (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ count
/ 2) / count
;
1129 tqs
->stqs_count
= 0;
1130 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1134 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1135 "spa_taskqs_init()",
1136 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
1140 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
1141 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
1142 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
1144 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
1149 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s_%u",
1150 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], i
);
1152 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
1153 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
1156 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
1157 (void) zio_taskq_basedc
;
1158 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
1159 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1162 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1164 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1165 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1166 * priority than the other taskqs.
1168 * Under Linux and FreeBSD this means incrementing
1169 * the priority value as opposed to platforms like
1170 * illumos where it should be decremented.
1172 * On FreeBSD, if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ)
1173 * are equal then a difference between them is
1176 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
) {
1177 #if defined(__linux__)
1179 #elif defined(__FreeBSD__)
1185 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1186 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1191 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1196 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1198 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1200 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1201 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1205 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1206 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1207 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1210 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1211 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1216 * The READ and WRITE rows of zio_taskqs are configurable at module load time
1217 * by setting zio_taskq_read or zio_taskq_write.
1219 * Example (the defaults for READ and WRITE)
1220 * zio_taskq_read='fixed,1,8 null scale null'
1221 * zio_taskq_write='sync fixed,1,5 scale fixed,1,5'
1223 * Each sets the entire row at a time.
1225 * 'fixed' is parameterised: fixed,Q,T where Q is number of taskqs, T is number
1226 * of threads per taskq.
1228 * 'null' can only be set on the high-priority queues (queue selection for
1229 * high-priority queues will fall back to the regular queue if the high-pri
1232 static const char *const modes
[ZTI_NMODES
] = {
1233 "fixed", "scale", "sync", "null"
1236 /* Parse the incoming config string. Modifies cfg */
1238 spa_taskq_param_set(zio_type_t t
, char *cfg
)
1242 zio_taskq_info_t row
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {{0}};
1244 char *next
= cfg
, *tok
, *c
;
1247 * Parse out each element from the string and fill `row`. The entire
1248 * row has to be set at once, so any errors are flagged by just
1249 * breaking out of this loop early.
1252 for (q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1253 /* `next` is the start of the config */
1257 /* Eat up leading space */
1258 while (isspace(*next
))
1263 /* Mode ends at space or end of string */
1265 next
= strchr(tok
, ' ');
1266 if (next
!= NULL
) *next
++ = '\0';
1268 /* Parameters start after a comma */
1269 c
= strchr(tok
, ',');
1270 if (c
!= NULL
) *c
++ = '\0';
1272 /* Match mode string */
1274 for (mode
= 0; mode
< ZTI_NMODES
; mode
++)
1275 if (strcmp(tok
, modes
[mode
]) == 0)
1277 if (mode
== ZTI_NMODES
)
1280 /* Invalid canary */
1281 row
[q
].zti_mode
= ZTI_NMODES
;
1283 /* Per-mode setup */
1287 * FIXED is parameterised: number of queues, and number of
1288 * threads per queue.
1290 case ZTI_MODE_FIXED
: {
1291 /* No parameters? */
1292 if (c
== NULL
|| *c
== '\0')
1295 /* Find next parameter */
1297 c
= strchr(tok
, ',');
1301 /* Take digits and convert */
1302 unsigned long long nq
;
1303 if (!(isdigit(*tok
)))
1305 err
= ddi_strtoull(tok
, &tok
, 10, &nq
);
1306 /* Must succeed and also end at the next param sep */
1307 if (err
!= 0 || tok
!= c
)
1310 /* Move past the comma */
1312 /* Need another number */
1313 if (!(isdigit(*tok
)))
1315 /* Remember start to make sure we moved */
1319 unsigned long long ntpq
;
1320 err
= ddi_strtoull(tok
, &tok
, 10, &ntpq
);
1321 /* Must succeed, and moved forward */
1322 if (err
!= 0 || tok
== c
|| *tok
!= '\0')
1326 * sanity; zero queues/threads make no sense, and
1327 * 16K is almost certainly more than anyone will ever
1328 * need and avoids silly numbers like UINT32_MAX
1330 if (nq
== 0 || nq
>= 16384 ||
1331 ntpq
== 0 || ntpq
>= 16384)
1334 const zio_taskq_info_t zti
= ZTI_P(ntpq
, nq
);
1339 case ZTI_MODE_SCALE
: {
1340 const zio_taskq_info_t zti
= ZTI_SCALE
;
1345 case ZTI_MODE_SYNC
: {
1346 const zio_taskq_info_t zti
= ZTI_SYNC
;
1351 case ZTI_MODE_NULL
: {
1353 * Can only null the high-priority queues; the general-
1354 * purpose ones have to exist.
1356 if (q
!= ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE_HIGH
&&
1357 q
!= ZIO_TASKQ_INTERRUPT_HIGH
)
1360 const zio_taskq_info_t zti
= ZTI_NULL
;
1369 /* Ensure we set a mode */
1370 if (row
[q
].zti_mode
== ZTI_NMODES
)
1374 /* Didn't get a full row, fail */
1375 if (q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
)
1376 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1378 /* Eat trailing space */
1380 while (isspace(*next
))
1383 /* If there's anything left over then fail */
1384 if (next
!= NULL
&& *next
!= '\0')
1385 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1387 /* Success! Copy it into the real config */
1388 for (q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++)
1389 zio_taskqs
[t
][q
] = row
[q
];
1395 spa_taskq_param_get(zio_type_t t
, char *buf
)
1399 /* Build paramater string from live config */
1400 const char *sep
= "";
1401 for (uint_t q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1402 const zio_taskq_info_t
*zti
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
1403 if (zti
->zti_mode
== ZTI_MODE_FIXED
)
1404 pos
+= sprintf(&buf
[pos
], "%s%s,%u,%u", sep
,
1405 modes
[zti
->zti_mode
], zti
->zti_count
,
1408 pos
+= sprintf(&buf
[pos
], "%s%s", sep
,
1409 modes
[zti
->zti_mode
]);
1421 spa_taskq_read_param_set(const char *val
, zfs_kernel_param_t
*kp
)
1423 char *cfg
= kmem_strdup(val
);
1424 int err
= spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_READ
, cfg
);
1425 kmem_free(cfg
, strlen(val
)+1);
1429 spa_taskq_read_param_get(char *buf
, zfs_kernel_param_t
*kp
)
1431 return (spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_READ
, buf
));
1435 spa_taskq_write_param_set(const char *val
, zfs_kernel_param_t
*kp
)
1437 char *cfg
= kmem_strdup(val
);
1438 int err
= spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
, cfg
);
1439 kmem_free(cfg
, strlen(val
)+1);
1443 spa_taskq_write_param_get(char *buf
, zfs_kernel_param_t
*kp
)
1445 return (spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
, buf
));
1448 #include <sys/sbuf.h>
1451 * On FreeBSD load-time parameters can be set up before malloc() is available,
1452 * so we have to do all the parsing work on the stack.
1454 #define SPA_TASKQ_PARAM_MAX (128)
1457 spa_taskq_read_param(ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_ARGS
)
1459 char buf
[SPA_TASKQ_PARAM_MAX
];
1462 if (req
->newptr
== NULL
) {
1463 int len
= spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_READ
, buf
);
1464 struct sbuf
*s
= sbuf_new_for_sysctl(NULL
, NULL
, len
+1, req
);
1466 err
= sbuf_finish(s
);
1471 err
= sysctl_handle_string(oidp
, buf
, sizeof (buf
), req
);
1474 return (spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_READ
, buf
));
1478 spa_taskq_write_param(ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_ARGS
)
1480 char buf
[SPA_TASKQ_PARAM_MAX
];
1483 if (req
->newptr
== NULL
) {
1484 int len
= spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
, buf
);
1485 struct sbuf
*s
= sbuf_new_for_sysctl(NULL
, NULL
, len
+1, req
);
1487 err
= sbuf_finish(s
);
1492 err
= sysctl_handle_string(oidp
, buf
, sizeof (buf
), req
);
1495 return (spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
, buf
));
1498 #endif /* _KERNEL */
1501 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1502 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1503 * on the taskq itself.
1506 spa_taskq_dispatch_select(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1509 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1512 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1513 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1515 if ((t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
) && (q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
) &&
1516 (zio
!= NULL
) && (zio
->io_wr_iss_tq
!= NULL
)) {
1517 /* dispatch to assigned write issue taskq */
1518 tq
= zio
->io_wr_iss_tq
;
1522 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1523 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1525 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1531 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1532 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
,
1535 taskq_t
*tq
= spa_taskq_dispatch_select(spa
, t
, q
, zio
);
1536 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1540 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1543 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1544 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1546 taskq_t
*tq
= spa_taskq_dispatch_select(spa
, t
, q
, NULL
);
1547 taskqid_t id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1549 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1553 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1555 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1556 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1557 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1562 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1564 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1566 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1567 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1570 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1572 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1575 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1576 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1577 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1578 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1580 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1581 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1583 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1584 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1585 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1587 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1588 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1589 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1592 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1593 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1596 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1597 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1598 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1603 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1604 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1608 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1609 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1611 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1613 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1614 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1616 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1617 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1619 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1620 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1621 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1622 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1624 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1625 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1626 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1627 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1628 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1630 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1635 extern metaslab_ops_t
*metaslab_allocator(spa_t
*spa
);
1638 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1641 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, spa_mode_t mode
)
1643 metaslab_ops_t
*msp
= metaslab_allocator(spa
);
1644 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1646 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1647 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1648 spa
->spa_read_spacemaps
= spa_mode_readable_spacemaps
;
1650 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, msp
);
1651 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, msp
);
1652 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, msp
);
1653 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, msp
);
1654 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, msp
);
1656 /* Try to create a covering process */
1657 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1658 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1659 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1662 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1663 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1664 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1665 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1667 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1668 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1669 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1670 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1672 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1673 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1674 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1678 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1683 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1684 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1686 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1687 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1688 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1691 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1692 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1696 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1697 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1698 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1699 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1700 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1701 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1703 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1704 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1706 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1707 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1708 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1709 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1710 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1711 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1712 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_healed
,
1713 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1714 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1716 spa_activate_os(spa
);
1718 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1721 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1722 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1723 * resolution of various deadlocks.
1725 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1726 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1728 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1729 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1731 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1732 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1733 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1735 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1739 * The taskq to preload metaslabs.
1741 spa
->spa_metaslab_taskq
= taskq_create("z_metaslab",
1742 metaslab_preload_pct
, maxclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
,
1743 TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1746 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1747 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1748 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1750 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", 100,
1751 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1754 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1755 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1757 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", 100,
1758 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1762 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1765 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1767 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1768 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1769 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1770 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1771 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1773 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1775 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1776 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1777 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1780 if (spa
->spa_metaslab_taskq
) {
1781 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_metaslab_taskq
);
1782 spa
->spa_metaslab_taskq
= NULL
;
1785 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1786 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1787 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1790 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1791 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1792 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1795 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1797 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1798 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1799 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1801 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1803 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1804 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1805 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1809 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1810 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1811 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1812 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1815 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1816 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1818 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1819 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1821 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
);
1822 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
= NULL
;
1824 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1825 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1827 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1828 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1831 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1832 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1834 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1835 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1836 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1837 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_healed
);
1839 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1841 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1843 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1844 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1845 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1846 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1847 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1848 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1849 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1850 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1852 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1853 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1855 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1856 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1859 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1860 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1863 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1864 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1868 spa_deactivate_os(spa
);
1873 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1874 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1875 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1876 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1879 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1880 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1886 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1889 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1892 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1895 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1901 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1904 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1906 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1914 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1920 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1922 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1925 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1928 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1931 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1934 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1941 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1942 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1945 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1947 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1948 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1950 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1951 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1954 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1958 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1960 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1962 log_summary_entry_t
*e
;
1964 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1965 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1966 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1967 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1970 while ((e
= list_remove_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) != NULL
) {
1971 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1972 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1975 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1976 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1977 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1981 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1983 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1984 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1985 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1987 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1988 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1989 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1991 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1992 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1993 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1995 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1996 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1997 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1999 if (spa
->spa_raidz_expand_zthr
!= NULL
) {
2000 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_raidz_expand_zthr
);
2001 spa
->spa_raidz_expand_zthr
= NULL
;
2006 * Opposite of spa_load().
2009 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
2011 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2012 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
2014 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
2015 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
2017 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
2020 * If we have set the spa_final_txg, we have already performed the
2021 * tasks below in spa_export_common(). We should not redo it here since
2022 * we delay the final TXGs beyond what spa_final_txg is set at.
2024 if (spa
->spa_final_txg
== UINT64_MAX
) {
2026 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
2027 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
2028 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
2029 * destroy log space maps and save import time.
2031 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
2032 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
2037 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
2039 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
2040 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2041 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
,
2042 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
2043 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
2044 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
2045 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
2052 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
2053 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
2054 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
2058 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
2059 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
2061 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_metaslab_taskq
);
2063 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
2064 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
2067 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
2069 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
2070 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
2071 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
2072 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
2073 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
2076 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
2077 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
2078 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
2081 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
2083 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
2085 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
2087 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
2092 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
2093 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2094 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
2097 * Close the dsl pool.
2099 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
2100 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
2101 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
2102 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
2107 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
2110 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
2112 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
2114 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
2115 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
2116 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2117 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
2118 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2119 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
2121 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
2122 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
2123 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
2125 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
2127 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
2128 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
2129 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2130 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2132 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
2133 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2134 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
2136 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
2137 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
2138 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
2140 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
2142 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
2144 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
2146 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
2147 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
2148 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
2150 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
2151 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
2152 spa
->spa_compatibility
= NULL
;
2155 spa
->spa_raidz_expand
= NULL
;
2157 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
2161 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
2162 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
2163 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
2164 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
2167 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
2176 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
2177 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
2179 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
2180 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
2182 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
2186 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
2189 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
2191 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
2192 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
2193 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
2195 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
2196 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
2197 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
2198 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
2203 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
2204 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2207 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
2210 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
2211 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
));
2213 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
2214 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
2220 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
2221 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
2222 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
2223 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
2224 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
2225 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
2226 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
2228 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
2230 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
2231 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
2232 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
2235 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
2237 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
2238 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
2239 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
2243 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
2244 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
2245 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
2246 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
2247 * is actively in use.
2249 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
2250 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
2251 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
2252 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
2253 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
2255 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
2256 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
2260 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
2262 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
2265 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
2270 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
2273 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
2275 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
2277 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
2278 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
2279 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
2280 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
2281 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
2282 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
);
2283 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
2284 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
2285 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2289 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
2290 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
2291 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
2292 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
2293 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
2297 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
2299 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
2301 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
2303 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
2304 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
2308 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
2309 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
2311 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
2312 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
2313 * state of the pool.
2315 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
2319 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
2321 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
2322 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
2323 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
2326 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
2332 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
2333 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
2334 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
2337 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
2339 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
2340 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
);
2343 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
2345 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
2347 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
2355 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
2359 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
2360 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
2365 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
2366 * even if it fails to open.
2368 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
2373 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
2375 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
2378 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
2380 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
2381 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
2384 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
2385 * creation with a cache device or if the header
2386 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
2387 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
2388 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
2390 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
);
2394 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
2395 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
2398 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
2399 * information this time.
2401 fnvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
2403 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
2404 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
2406 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2407 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
2408 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
2409 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
2410 (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
);
2414 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
2417 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
2422 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
2424 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
2425 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
2426 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
2427 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
2432 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
2435 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2436 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
2438 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2442 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
2445 char *packed
= NULL
;
2450 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
2454 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
2455 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
2457 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
2458 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
2461 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
2462 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
2468 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
2469 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
2472 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
2474 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2477 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2478 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
2481 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
2489 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
2490 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2493 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2495 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2496 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2498 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2499 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2500 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2501 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2506 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2508 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2511 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2512 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2513 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2515 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2516 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2519 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2521 nv
= fnvlist_alloc();
2523 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2524 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2527 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2528 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2531 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2532 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2533 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2534 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2539 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
2540 (const nvlist_t
* const *)child
, idx
);
2541 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2542 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2544 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2545 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2548 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2551 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2552 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2553 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2556 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2557 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2559 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2560 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2561 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2562 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2563 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2564 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2574 * Check for missing log devices
2577 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2579 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2580 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2582 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2585 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2586 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2587 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2588 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2589 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2591 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2598 * Passivate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2601 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2603 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2604 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2606 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2608 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2609 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2611 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2612 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2613 metaslab_group_passivate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2614 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2618 return (slog_found
);
2622 * Activate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2625 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2627 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2629 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2631 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2632 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2634 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2635 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2636 metaslab_group_activate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2642 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2646 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2647 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2650 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2651 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2654 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2660 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2662 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2663 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2667 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2669 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2674 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2675 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2676 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2677 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2680 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2681 boolean_t sle_verify_data
;
2682 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2683 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2687 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2689 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2690 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2691 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2692 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2693 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2695 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2697 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2698 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2699 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2701 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2704 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2705 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2706 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2707 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2711 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2712 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2714 static uint_t spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2715 static int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2716 static int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2719 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2720 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2723 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= rio
->io_private
;
2725 (void) zilog
, (void) dnp
;
2728 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2729 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2730 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2732 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2736 * Sanity check the block pointer in order to detect obvious damage
2737 * before using the contents in subsequent checks or in zio_read().
2738 * When damaged consider it to be a metadata error since we cannot
2739 * trust the BP_GET_TYPE and BP_GET_LEVEL values.
2741 if (!zfs_blkptr_verify(spa
, bp
, BLK_CONFIG_NEEDED
, BLK_VERIFY_LOG
)) {
2742 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2746 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2747 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2750 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) &&
2751 (!spa_load_verify_data
|| !sle
->sle_verify_data
))
2754 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2755 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2756 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2758 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2759 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2760 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2761 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2762 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2764 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2765 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2766 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2767 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2772 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2774 (void) dp
, (void) arg
;
2776 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2777 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2783 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2786 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2787 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2788 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2791 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2793 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
||
2794 policy
.zlp_maxmeta
== UINT64_MAX
)
2797 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2798 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2799 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2801 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2806 * Verify data only if we are rewinding or error limit was set.
2807 * Otherwise nothing except dbgmsg care about it to waste time.
2809 sle
.sle_verify_data
= (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_REWIND_MASK
) ||
2810 (policy
.zlp_maxdata
< UINT64_MAX
);
2812 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2813 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2815 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2816 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2817 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2818 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2819 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2820 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2821 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2824 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2825 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2826 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2829 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2830 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2832 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2833 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2835 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2836 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2837 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2838 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2841 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2842 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2843 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2847 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2848 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2850 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2851 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
,
2852 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
);
2853 fnvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
,
2855 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2856 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_META_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_meta_count
);
2857 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2858 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
);
2860 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2863 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2867 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2868 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2872 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2876 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2879 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2881 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2882 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2886 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2889 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2891 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2892 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2894 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2895 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2896 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2903 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2905 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2906 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2910 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2912 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2916 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2920 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2924 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2927 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2928 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2929 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2930 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2935 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2940 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2941 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2942 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2944 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2949 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2950 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2951 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2953 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2958 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2961 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2963 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2964 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2965 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2966 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2967 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2969 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2970 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2973 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2977 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2980 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2982 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2983 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2984 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2985 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2986 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2989 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2990 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2991 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2992 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2993 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2995 /* no more livelists to delete */
2996 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2997 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2998 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2999 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
3000 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
3005 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
3006 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
3007 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
3008 * the pool-wide livelist data.
3011 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
3014 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
3015 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
3016 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
3018 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
3019 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
3021 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
3022 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
3025 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
3027 ll
= kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
3028 dsl_deadlist_open(ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
3029 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(ll
);
3030 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
3031 bplist_create(&to_free
);
3032 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
3035 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
3038 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
3041 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
3042 " livelist %llu, %lld remaining",
3043 (u_longlong_t
)dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
3044 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
, (longlong_t
)count
- 1);
3045 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
3046 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
3047 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
3049 VERIFY3U(err
, ==, EINTR
);
3051 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
3052 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
3053 dsl_deadlist_close(ll
);
3054 kmem_free(ll
, sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
));
3056 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
3061 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed",
3062 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
);
3063 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
3064 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
3069 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
3071 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
3072 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
=
3073 zthr_create("z_livelist_destroy",
3074 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
,
3078 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
3081 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
3084 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
3088 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
3090 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
3092 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
3093 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
3098 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
3101 uint64_t first_size
;
3103 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
3106 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
3108 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
3109 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
3111 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
3113 /* Have we been cancelled? */
3114 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
3115 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
3119 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
3120 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
3121 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
3124 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
3125 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
3126 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
3127 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
3128 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
3129 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
3131 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
3132 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
3133 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
3134 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
3136 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
3137 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
3138 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
3139 .frees
= &new_frees
,
3142 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
3143 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
3144 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
3146 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
3147 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
3148 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
3151 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
3152 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
3153 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
3155 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
3156 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
3157 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
3159 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
3160 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
3161 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
3162 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
3163 "(%llu blkptrs)", (u_longlong_t
)tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
,
3164 (u_longlong_t
)ds
->ds_object
, (u_longlong_t
)first_obj
,
3165 (u_longlong_t
)cur_first_size
, (u_longlong_t
)next_obj
,
3166 (u_longlong_t
)cur_next_size
,
3167 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
3168 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
3170 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
3171 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
3172 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
3173 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
3174 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
3175 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
3179 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
3181 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
3182 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
3186 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
3187 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
3188 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
3190 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
3191 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
3192 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
3195 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
3196 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
3198 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
3199 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
3200 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
3201 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
3202 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
3204 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
3205 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
3206 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
3209 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
3212 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
3216 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
3217 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
3220 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
3221 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
3222 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
3223 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
3226 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
3227 * the synctask completes.
3229 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
3231 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
3232 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
3233 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
3234 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, tx
);
3240 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
3241 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
3242 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
3243 * again in a later txg.
3246 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
3247 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
3248 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
3249 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
3250 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
3252 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
3256 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
3257 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
3260 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
3264 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
3265 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
3266 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
3273 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
3275 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
3276 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
3277 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
3278 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
3279 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
3281 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
3282 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
=
3283 zthr_create("z_livelist_condense",
3284 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
,
3285 spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
, minclsyspri
);
3289 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
3291 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
3293 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
3295 spa_start_raidz_expansion_thread(spa
);
3296 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
3297 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
3298 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
3300 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
3301 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
3302 zthr_create("z_checkpoint_discard",
3303 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
3304 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
, minclsyspri
);
3308 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
3309 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
3310 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
3311 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
3313 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
3314 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
3315 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
3316 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
3317 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
3318 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
3320 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
3321 * the original pool.
3324 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3331 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
3333 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
3336 /* check that the config is complete */
3337 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
3338 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
3341 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
3343 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
3344 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
3345 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
3346 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
3349 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
3350 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
3352 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
3353 * just do the split.
3355 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
3357 /* attempt to re-online it */
3358 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
3362 if (attempt_reopen
) {
3363 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3365 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
3366 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
3367 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
3368 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
3375 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
3376 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
3379 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
3380 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
3383 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3386 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
3390 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3392 const char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
3395 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
3396 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
3397 spa_load_state(spa
));
3398 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "spa_load()");
3400 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
3401 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
3404 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
3405 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
3407 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
3408 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
3410 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
3411 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
3412 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
3414 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
3415 (void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
,
3416 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
3419 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
3422 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
3423 spa_load_state(spa
));
3430 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
3431 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
3432 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
3435 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
3437 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
3440 if (spa_feature_is_active(vd
->vdev_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_AVZ_V2
) &&
3441 vd
->vdev_root_zap
!= 0) {
3443 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
3444 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_root_zap
));
3446 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
3448 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
3449 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
3451 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
3453 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
3454 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
3457 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
3458 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
3464 #define vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd) ((void) sizeof (vd), 0)
3468 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
3471 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
3475 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3476 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
3477 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
3478 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
3481 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3482 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3483 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
3485 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
3486 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
3487 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3488 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
3491 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
3494 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
3495 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
3497 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
3501 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
3503 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
3507 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
3508 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
3509 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
3512 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
3513 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
3514 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
3515 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
3519 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
3520 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
3521 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
3523 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
3524 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3526 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
3530 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
3532 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
3539 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3542 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3544 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3545 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3546 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3547 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3548 multihost_interval
);
3551 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3552 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3553 * writes do not land.
3555 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3556 * these cases and times.
3559 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3561 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3562 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3564 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3565 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3566 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3568 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3569 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3570 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3571 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3572 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3573 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3575 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3576 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3578 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3579 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3580 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3582 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3583 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3584 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3585 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3586 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3587 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3589 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3591 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3594 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3595 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3597 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3598 "import_intervals=%llu leaves=%u",
3599 (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3600 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3601 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
,
3602 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3604 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3605 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3606 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3607 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3608 (u_longlong_t
)multihost_interval
,
3609 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3612 return (import_delay
);
3616 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3617 * we detected activity then fail.
3620 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3622 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3623 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3624 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3625 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3626 uint64_t import_delay
;
3627 hrtime_t import_expire
, now
;
3628 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3629 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3634 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3635 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3639 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3640 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3641 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3643 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3644 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3646 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3647 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3648 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3650 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3651 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3652 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3653 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3658 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3660 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3661 import_delay
+= import_delay
* random_in_range(250) / 1000;
3663 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3665 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Checking MMP activity, waiting "
3666 "%llu ms", (u_longlong_t
)NSEC2MSEC(import_delay
));
3668 int interations
= 0;
3669 while ((now
= gethrtime()) < import_expire
) {
3670 if (interations
++ % 30 == 0) {
3671 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Checking MMP "
3672 "activity, %llu ms remaining",
3673 (u_longlong_t
)NSEC2MSEC(import_expire
- now
));
3676 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3677 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3679 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3681 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3682 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3683 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3684 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3685 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3686 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3687 (u_longlong_t
)txg
, (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
,
3688 (u_longlong_t
)timestamp
,
3689 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3690 (u_longlong_t
)mmp_config
,
3691 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3693 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3698 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3702 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3704 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3712 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3716 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3717 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3718 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3719 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3721 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3722 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3723 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3725 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3726 const char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3727 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3730 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3731 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3732 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3733 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3734 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3737 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3738 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3739 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3740 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3741 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3745 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3746 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3747 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3748 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3750 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3754 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3760 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3763 const char *hostname
;
3764 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3766 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3767 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3768 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3769 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3771 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3773 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3774 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3775 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3776 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3777 "See: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/msg/"
3779 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3780 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3781 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3782 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3783 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3791 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3794 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3798 const char *comment
;
3799 const char *compatibility
;
3802 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3803 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3805 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3806 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3807 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3809 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3810 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3811 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3812 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3816 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3817 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3820 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3821 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3822 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3825 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3826 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3827 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3829 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3830 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3831 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3832 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3834 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3835 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3836 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3839 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3841 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3842 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3844 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3845 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3846 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3848 ASSERT(spa
->spa_compatibility
== NULL
);
3849 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMPATIBILITY
,
3850 &compatibility
) == 0)
3851 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(compatibility
);
3853 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3854 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3856 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3857 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3859 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3860 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3861 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3862 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3866 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3868 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3870 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3871 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3872 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3873 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3877 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3878 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3879 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3881 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3882 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3883 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3884 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3885 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3888 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3893 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3894 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3895 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3897 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3898 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3905 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3906 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3909 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3914 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3915 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3917 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3918 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3919 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3920 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3921 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3922 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3924 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3927 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3928 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3930 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3931 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3932 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3934 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3935 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3936 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3937 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
)) {
3939 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3940 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3941 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3942 * for missing vdevs).
3943 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3944 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3945 * damaging it further.
3947 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3948 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3949 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3951 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3952 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3953 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3957 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3960 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3961 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3967 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3968 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3969 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3970 * config is trusted.
3973 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3976 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3978 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3979 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3980 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3983 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3987 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3988 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3990 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3991 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3998 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
4000 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
4001 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
4002 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
4003 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
4004 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
4005 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
4006 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
4007 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
4011 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4013 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4015 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
4016 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
4019 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
4020 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
4021 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
4022 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
4023 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
4024 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
4025 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
4026 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
4028 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
4029 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
4030 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
4031 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
4032 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
4033 * just in the edge case.
4035 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
4036 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
4037 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
4042 * Find the best uberblock.
4044 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
4047 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
4049 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
4051 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
4052 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
4055 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
4056 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
4057 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
4059 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
4060 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
4061 if (ub
->ub_raidz_reflow_info
!= 0) {
4062 spa_load_note(spa
, "uberblock raidz_reflow_info: "
4063 "state=%u offset=%llu",
4064 (int)RRSS_GET_STATE(ub
),
4065 (u_longlong_t
)RRSS_GET_OFFSET(ub
));
4070 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
4071 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
4072 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
4074 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
4076 if (activity_check
) {
4077 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
4078 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
4080 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4081 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4082 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4085 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
4091 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4092 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
4093 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4094 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
4095 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4096 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
4097 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
4101 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
4103 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
4105 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
4106 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
4107 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
4110 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
4114 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
4115 * MOS in the label, return failure.
4117 if (label
== NULL
) {
4118 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
4119 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4123 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
4126 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
4127 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
4128 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4133 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
4136 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
4137 spa
->spa_label_features
= fnvlist_dup(features
);
4143 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
4144 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
4145 * cannot open a pool.
4147 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
4148 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
4150 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
4152 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
4154 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
4155 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
4156 fnvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
4157 nvpair_name(nvp
), "");
4161 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
4162 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4163 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
4164 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
4165 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
4166 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4170 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
4173 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
4174 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4175 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
4176 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4177 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
4178 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
4182 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
4184 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
4190 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
4193 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4195 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4197 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
4198 "[error=%d]", error
);
4199 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4201 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
4207 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4208 boolean_t reloading
)
4210 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4211 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
4212 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
4213 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
4214 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
4216 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
4218 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4221 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
4222 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
4224 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4227 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
4229 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
4231 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4232 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4236 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
4237 * the verification here.
4239 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
4240 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
4242 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4247 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
4249 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4252 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
4254 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
);
4256 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4257 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4258 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_config_parse failed [error=%d]",
4260 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4264 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
4265 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
4266 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
4267 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
4268 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
4269 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
4270 * best effort policy.
4272 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
4273 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
4274 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
4275 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
4276 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
4277 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
4279 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
4280 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
4281 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
4282 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
4287 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
4289 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4292 * If 'zpool import' used a cached config, then the on-disk hostid and
4293 * hostname may be different to the cached config in ways that should
4294 * prevent import. Userspace can't discover this without a scan, but
4295 * we know, so we add these values to LOAD_INFO so the caller can know
4298 * Note that we have to do this before the config is regenerated,
4299 * because the new config will have the hostid and hostname for this
4300 * host, in readiness for import.
4302 if (nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
4303 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
,
4304 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
));
4305 if (nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
))
4306 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
,
4307 fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
));
4310 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
4311 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
4312 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
4313 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
4314 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
4316 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
4317 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
4318 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4319 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
4320 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
4322 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
4323 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
4324 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
4327 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
4328 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
4329 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
4330 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
4332 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
4335 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
4337 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4341 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4345 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
4346 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
4347 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
4350 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
4351 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
4353 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
4354 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
4355 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
4356 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
4357 * an extreme rewind.
4359 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
4360 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
4361 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
4362 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
4363 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
4364 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
4365 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
4366 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
4367 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
4369 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
4370 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
4371 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
4372 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4374 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
4376 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
4380 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
4382 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
4384 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
4385 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
4386 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
4387 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
4388 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
4389 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
4397 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4400 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4403 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
4404 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
4406 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
4408 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
4410 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4414 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
4416 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
4418 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
4420 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4427 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
4430 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4432 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
4433 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
4434 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
4436 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
4437 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
4438 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4441 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
4442 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
4443 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4446 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
4447 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
4448 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4451 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
4452 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
4454 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
4455 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
4456 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
4458 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
4459 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4460 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
4461 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
4462 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
4466 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4467 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
4469 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
4470 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4471 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
4474 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
4475 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
4477 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
4478 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4479 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
4483 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
4484 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
4485 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
4486 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
4487 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
4488 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
4489 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
4490 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
4491 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
4492 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
4493 * available for open in read-only mode.
4495 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
4496 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
4497 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
4498 * userland in order to know whether to display the
4499 * abovementioned note.
4501 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
4502 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
4503 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
4504 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4509 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
4510 * cache during SPA initialization.
4512 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
4515 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
4516 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
4518 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
4519 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
4520 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
4521 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
4523 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
4524 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
4525 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
4526 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
4527 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4532 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
4533 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
4534 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4535 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4539 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
4540 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
4541 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
4543 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
4544 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
4545 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
4552 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
4555 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4557 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
4558 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4559 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
4561 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
4562 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4569 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
4573 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4575 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
4576 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4577 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
4578 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
4579 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
4580 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4581 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
4582 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
4583 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
4584 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4585 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
4586 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
4587 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4590 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4591 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4592 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
4594 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4595 "[error=%d]", error
);
4596 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4600 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4601 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4604 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4605 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4606 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4608 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4609 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4610 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4611 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4614 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4617 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4619 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4620 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4622 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4623 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4624 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4625 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4628 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4629 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4631 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4632 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4633 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4634 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4637 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4638 * will not be present.
4640 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4641 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4642 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4645 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4646 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4647 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4648 * spa_sync_config_object.
4651 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4652 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4653 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4654 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4655 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4658 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4659 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4661 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4662 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4663 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4664 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4665 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4666 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4667 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4668 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4669 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4671 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4672 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4673 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4675 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4677 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4678 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4680 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4682 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4684 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4686 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4688 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4689 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4692 uint64_t autoreplace
= 0;
4694 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4695 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4696 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4697 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4698 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4699 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4700 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4701 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4705 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4706 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4707 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4709 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4710 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4711 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4712 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4713 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4714 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4721 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4724 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4727 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4728 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4733 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4735 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4737 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4738 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4739 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4740 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4741 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4742 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4743 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4744 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4747 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4748 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4749 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4750 } else if (error
== 0) {
4751 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4755 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4757 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4758 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4759 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4760 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4761 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4762 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4763 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4764 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4765 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4766 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4769 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4770 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4771 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4772 } else if (error
== 0) {
4773 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4780 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4783 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4786 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4787 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4788 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4790 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4791 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4792 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4793 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4794 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4798 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4799 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4800 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4801 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4804 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4805 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4807 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4808 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4809 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4811 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4812 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4813 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4818 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4820 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4822 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4823 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4826 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4828 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_spacemaps failed [error=%d]",
4830 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4834 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4836 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4837 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
, B_FALSE
);
4838 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4844 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4847 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4849 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4851 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4852 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4859 spa_ld_load_brt(spa_t
*spa
)
4862 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4864 error
= brt_load(spa
);
4866 spa_load_failed(spa
, "brt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4867 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4874 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, const char **ereport
)
4876 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4878 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4879 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4881 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4882 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4883 "so dropping the logs");
4885 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4886 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4887 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4897 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4900 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4903 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4904 * to start pushing transactions.
4906 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4907 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4909 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4910 "[error=%d]", error
);
4911 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4920 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4923 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4926 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4927 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4928 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4929 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4930 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4932 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4934 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4935 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4936 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4939 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4941 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4945 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4946 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4948 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4949 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4952 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4953 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4955 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4956 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4958 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4959 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4960 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4961 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4962 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4964 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4965 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4966 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4969 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4970 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4973 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4977 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4979 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4980 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4983 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4984 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4987 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4988 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4989 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4991 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4995 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4997 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
5000 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
5001 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
5003 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
5004 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
5005 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
5007 if (error
== ENOENT
)
5013 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
5014 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
5015 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
5016 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
5017 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
5023 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
5027 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
5028 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
5031 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
5032 * a pool following a split.
5033 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
5034 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
5035 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
5036 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
5038 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
5039 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
5042 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
5044 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
5048 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
5051 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
5052 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
5053 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
5054 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
5055 * to read from the vdevs.
5057 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
5062 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
5063 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
5064 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
5065 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
5066 * validation for now.
5068 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
5069 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
5075 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
5076 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
5077 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
5078 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
5079 * of zfs supports them all.
5081 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
5086 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
5087 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
5088 * allow us to read its contents.
5090 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
5098 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
5100 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
5103 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
5104 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
5106 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
5107 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
5108 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
5111 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
5112 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
5114 if (error
== ENOENT
)
5115 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
5120 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
5121 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
5124 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
5125 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
5126 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
5127 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
5128 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
5130 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
5131 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
5134 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
5136 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
5139 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
5140 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
5141 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
5142 * pool and there is no way back.
5144 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
5145 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
5146 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
5147 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
5148 * a "preview" of its content.
5150 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
5151 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
5153 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5154 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
5156 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
5157 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
5159 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
5160 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
5162 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
5163 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
5166 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
5167 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
5170 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
5171 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
5174 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
5176 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
5177 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5180 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
5181 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
5190 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
5191 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
5196 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
5197 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
5200 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
5205 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
5206 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
5208 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
5209 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
5210 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
5211 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
5214 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
5215 * too different from the untrusted config.
5217 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
5218 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
5219 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
5223 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
5227 } else if (error
!= 0) {
5235 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
5236 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
5237 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
5238 * config stored in the MOS.
5241 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, const char **ereport
)
5244 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
5245 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
5246 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
5247 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
5249 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
5250 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
5252 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
5254 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
5259 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
5260 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
5261 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
5264 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
5266 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
5269 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
5272 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
5273 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
5274 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
5275 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
5277 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
5282 * Redo the loading process again with the
5283 * checkpointed uberblock.
5285 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
5286 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
5287 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
5293 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
5295 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading checkpoint txg");
5296 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
5301 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
5302 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
5303 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
5304 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
5305 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
5306 * we have loaded their mappings.
5308 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading indirect vdev metadata");
5309 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
5314 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
5315 * they are all supported.
5317 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Checking feature flags");
5318 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
5323 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
5326 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading special MOS directories");
5327 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
5332 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
5334 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading properties");
5335 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
5340 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
5343 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading AUX vdevs");
5344 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
5349 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
5350 * should be autoreplaced.
5352 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading vdev metadata");
5353 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
5357 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading dedup tables");
5358 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
5362 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Loading BRT");
5363 error
= spa_ld_load_brt(spa
);
5368 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
5369 * when we claim log blocks later.
5371 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Verifying Log Devices");
5372 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
5376 if (missing_feat_write
) {
5377 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
5380 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
5381 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
5382 * information and can return to userland.
5384 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
5389 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
5390 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
5391 * which can take a very long time.
5393 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Verifying pool data");
5394 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
5399 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
5400 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
5401 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
5403 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Calculating deflated space");
5404 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5407 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
5408 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
5409 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
5411 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Starting import");
5412 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
5413 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
5414 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
5416 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
5419 * Before we do any zio_write's, complete the raidz expansion
5420 * scratch space copying, if necessary.
5422 if (RRSS_GET_STATE(&spa
->spa_uberblock
) == RRSS_SCRATCH_VALID
)
5423 vdev_raidz_reflow_copy_scratch(spa
);
5426 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
5427 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
5429 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
5430 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
5431 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
5432 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
5435 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Claiming ZIL blocks");
5437 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
5439 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
5442 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
5444 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
5445 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
5446 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
5449 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
5450 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
5451 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
5452 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
5455 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Syncing ZIL claims");
5456 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
5459 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
5460 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
5461 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
5463 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Updating configs");
5464 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
5465 update_config_cache
);
5468 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
5469 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
5470 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
5472 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Starting resilvers");
5473 if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
5474 vdev_rebuild_restart(spa
);
5475 } else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
5476 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
5477 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
5481 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
5482 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
5484 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
5486 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
,
5487 "Restarting device removals");
5488 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
5489 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
5492 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
5495 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
5496 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
5497 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
5498 * deletion zthr is part of).
5500 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
,
5501 "Cleaning up inconsistent objsets");
5502 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
5503 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
5506 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
5508 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
,
5509 "Cleaning up temporary userrefs");
5510 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
5512 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5513 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Restarting initialize");
5514 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
5515 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Restarting TRIM");
5516 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
5517 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
5518 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5519 spa_import_progress_set_notes(spa
, "Finished importing");
5522 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5523 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
);
5525 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
5531 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
5533 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
5536 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5538 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
5540 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5541 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5543 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
5544 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
5546 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
5550 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
5551 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
5552 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
5553 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
5557 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
5560 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
5561 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
5562 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
5563 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
5566 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5567 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
5568 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5570 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
5571 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
5572 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5575 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
5576 if (load_error
== 0)
5578 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
5580 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
5581 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
5582 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
5584 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
5585 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5586 return (load_error
);
5589 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
5590 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5592 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
5593 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
5595 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
5596 nvlist_free(config
);
5597 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5598 return (load_error
);
5601 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5602 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
5603 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5606 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
5607 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
5610 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
5611 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
5614 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
5615 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
5616 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
5617 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
5620 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
5621 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
5623 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
5624 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
5625 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
5626 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5627 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
5630 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
5631 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
5633 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
5634 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
5636 nvlist_free(config
);
5638 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5639 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
5640 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5641 return (rewind_error
);
5643 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
5644 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
5645 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5647 /* Restore the initial load info */
5648 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
5649 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
5651 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5652 return (load_error
);
5659 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5660 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
5661 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5662 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5664 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5665 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5669 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, const void *tag
,
5670 nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
, nvlist_t
**config
)
5673 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5675 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5676 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5681 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5682 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5683 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5684 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5686 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5687 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5691 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5693 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5694 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5697 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5698 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5702 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5704 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5705 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5707 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5709 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5710 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5711 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5713 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5714 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5717 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5719 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5720 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5721 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5722 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5723 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5726 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5727 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
, B_FALSE
);
5730 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5731 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5736 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5737 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5738 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5740 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5741 *config
= fnvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
);
5742 fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5743 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5744 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5747 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5748 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5750 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5756 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5759 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5762 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5763 * gathered while doing the load.
5765 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
&& config
!= NULL
) {
5766 fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5767 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5771 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5772 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5773 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5774 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5778 zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa
));
5786 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, const void *tag
,
5787 nvlist_t
*policy
, nvlist_t
**config
)
5789 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5793 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, const void *tag
)
5795 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5799 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5800 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5803 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5807 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5808 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5809 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5812 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5813 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5819 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5821 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5822 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5823 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5827 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5830 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5840 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5842 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5845 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
5846 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5847 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
));
5849 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5850 (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
, nspares
);
5851 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5852 &spares
, &nspares
));
5855 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5856 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5857 * their status appropriately.
5859 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5860 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5862 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(spares
[i
],
5863 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
));
5864 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5866 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5867 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5870 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_state
;
5877 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5880 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5883 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5890 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5892 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5895 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
5896 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5897 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
5898 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5899 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5900 (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
, nl2cache
);
5901 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5902 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
5905 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5908 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5909 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5913 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5915 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5916 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5922 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5923 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
));
5924 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5925 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5932 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5937 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5938 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5939 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5940 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5941 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5942 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5943 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5944 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5945 za
.za_first_integer
));
5947 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5950 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5951 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5952 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5953 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5954 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5955 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5956 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5957 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5958 za
.za_first_integer
));
5960 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5965 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5969 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5970 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5973 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5976 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5981 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5984 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5985 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5986 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5987 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5988 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5989 * clear' can resume the pool.
5992 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5996 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5998 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5999 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
6001 if (features
!= NULL
) {
6002 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
6004 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
6005 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
6006 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
6009 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
6012 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
6016 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
6017 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
6023 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
6027 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
6028 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
6029 * self-inconsistent.
6031 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6033 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
6034 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
6036 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
6037 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
6038 fnvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
6039 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2);
6041 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
6042 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
6043 spa_approx_errlog_size(spa
));
6045 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
6046 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
6047 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
6049 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
6050 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
6051 spa
->spa_suspended
);
6054 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
6055 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
6056 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
6061 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
6062 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
6066 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6067 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
6069 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
6073 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6075 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
6080 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6081 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6088 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
6089 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
6090 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
6091 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
6094 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
6095 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
6096 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
6103 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
6106 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
6108 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
6112 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
6115 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
6118 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
6119 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
6122 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
6125 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
6126 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
6128 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
6129 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
6133 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6135 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
6141 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
6142 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
6143 fnvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
6150 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
6157 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
6158 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
6163 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
6167 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
6169 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
6170 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
6171 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
6175 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
6176 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
6177 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
6181 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
6186 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
6192 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
6195 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
6196 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
));
6198 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
6199 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
6200 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
6201 newdevs
[i
] = fnvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
]);
6202 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
6203 newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
] = fnvlist_dup(devs
[i
]);
6205 fnvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
);
6207 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
6208 (const nvlist_t
* const *)newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
);
6209 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
6210 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
6211 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
6214 * Generate a new dev list.
6216 sav
->sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6217 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
6218 (const nvlist_t
* const *)devs
, ndevs
);
6223 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
6226 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
6230 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
6232 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
6235 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
6238 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
6239 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
6240 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
6245 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
6246 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
6249 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
6250 boolean_t has_encryption
)
6252 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
6253 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
6255 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
6257 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
6264 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
6265 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
6268 const char *altroot
= NULL
;
6273 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
6274 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6275 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6276 uint64_t version
, obj
, ndraid
= 0;
6277 boolean_t has_features
;
6278 boolean_t has_encryption
;
6279 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
6281 const char *feat_name
;
6282 const char *poolname
;
6285 if (props
== NULL
||
6286 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
6287 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
6290 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
6292 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6293 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
6294 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6295 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
6299 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
6301 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
6302 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
6303 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
6304 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
6305 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
6307 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
6309 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
6310 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6312 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6317 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
6319 if (poolname
!= pool
)
6320 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
6322 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
6323 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
6324 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
6325 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
6326 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
6327 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
6328 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
6330 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
6331 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
6332 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
6333 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
6334 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
6335 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
6339 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
6341 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
6343 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6345 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6349 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
, NULL
)) {
6350 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6352 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6356 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
6357 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
6358 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
6360 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
6362 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
6363 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
6364 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
6365 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
6366 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
6367 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
6368 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
6369 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
6370 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
6373 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
6375 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
6377 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
6378 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
6379 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
6380 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
6384 * Create the root vdev.
6386 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6388 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
6390 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
6391 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
6393 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
6394 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
6397 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
6398 (error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, rvd
, &ndraid
, 0)) == 0 &&
6399 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
6401 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
6402 * we can no longer error exit past this point
6404 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6405 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6407 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
6408 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
6412 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6416 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6418 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6423 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
6425 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6426 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6427 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6428 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6429 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
6431 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6432 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6433 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6434 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6438 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
6440 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6441 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6442 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6443 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
6444 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6445 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
,
6447 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6448 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6449 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6450 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6453 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
6454 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
6455 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
6458 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
6462 * Create BRT table and BRT table object.
6466 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
6468 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
6471 * Create the pool's history object.
6473 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
6474 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
6476 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
6477 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
6480 * Create the pool config object.
6482 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6483 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
6484 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
6486 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6487 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
6488 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
6489 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
6492 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6493 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
6494 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
6495 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
6498 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
6499 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
6500 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
6501 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6502 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
6503 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
6504 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
6509 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
6510 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
6513 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
6514 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
6515 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
6516 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6517 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
6518 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
6519 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
6521 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
6522 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
6525 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
6527 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
6528 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
6531 * Set pool properties.
6533 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
6534 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
6535 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
6536 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
6537 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
6538 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
6540 if (props
!= NULL
) {
6541 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6542 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
6545 for (int i
= 0; i
< ndraid
; i
++)
6546 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
6550 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
6552 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
6553 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
6555 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
6557 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6560 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
6561 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
6563 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6564 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
6565 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
6569 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6575 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
6578 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
6581 const char *altroot
= NULL
;
6582 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
6583 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6584 spa_mode_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
6585 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
6588 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6589 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6592 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
6594 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6595 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
6596 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6597 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
6601 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6603 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
6604 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
6605 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
6606 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
6608 mode
= SPA_MODE_READ
;
6609 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
6610 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
6613 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
6614 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
6616 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
6618 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6620 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
, B_FALSE
);
6621 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6622 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
6623 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6627 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
6630 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
6632 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6634 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
6635 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
6636 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
6638 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
6640 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
6641 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
6642 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
6644 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
6645 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6647 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
6650 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
6651 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6653 fnvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
, spa
->spa_load_info
);
6655 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6657 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6658 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6660 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
6661 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
6662 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6663 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6665 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6666 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6667 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6668 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6671 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
6672 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6675 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6677 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6678 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6680 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6682 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6686 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6689 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6690 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6692 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6693 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6694 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6695 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6696 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6698 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6699 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6700 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
6702 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6703 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6704 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6705 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6707 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6708 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6709 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6710 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6711 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6713 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6714 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6715 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
,
6717 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6718 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6719 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6720 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6724 * Check for any removed devices.
6726 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6727 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6728 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6731 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6733 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6735 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6739 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6740 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6742 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6744 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6746 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6748 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6750 zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool
);
6758 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6760 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6761 const char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6765 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6767 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6770 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6774 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6776 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6777 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6778 spa_activate(spa
, SPA_MODE_READ
);
6781 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6783 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6784 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6785 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6786 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6787 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6788 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6790 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6793 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6795 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6796 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6798 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6802 * spa_import() relies on a pool config fetched by spa_try_import()
6803 * for spare/cache devices. Import flags are not passed to
6804 * spa_tryimport(), which makes it return early due to a missing log
6805 * device and missing retrieving the cache device and spare eventually.
6806 * Passing ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG to spa_tryimport() makes it fetch
6807 * the correct configuration regardless of the missing log device.
6809 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
;
6811 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6814 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6816 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6817 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6818 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, poolname
);
6819 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, state
);
6820 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6821 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
);
6822 fnvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6823 spa
->spa_load_info
);
6824 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6828 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6829 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6830 * pools are bootable.
6832 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6833 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6836 * We have to play games with the name since the
6837 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6839 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6840 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6844 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6846 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6848 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6851 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6852 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6854 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
,
6856 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6858 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6862 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6864 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6865 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6866 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6867 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6871 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6873 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6879 * Pool export/destroy
6881 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6882 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6883 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6884 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6885 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6888 spa_export_common(const char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6889 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6897 if (!(spa_mode_global
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
))
6898 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6900 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6901 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6902 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6903 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6906 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6907 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6908 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6909 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6911 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6914 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6915 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6917 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6918 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6919 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6920 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6921 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6922 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6924 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6925 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6927 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6930 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6931 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6932 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6934 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6935 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6936 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6940 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6941 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6942 * fault injection handlers.
6944 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) || (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0)) {
6945 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
6949 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6950 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6952 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6953 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6954 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6955 * be forcedly exported.
6957 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6958 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6959 error
= SET_ERROR(EXDEV
);
6964 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6965 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6966 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6967 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6968 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6970 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6971 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6972 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6973 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
6976 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6977 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6978 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6980 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6981 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6982 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6983 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
6984 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6988 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
6989 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
6990 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
6991 * destroy log space maps and save import time. This has to be
6992 * done before we set the spa_final_txg, otherwise
6993 * spa_sync() -> spa_flush_metaslabs() may dirty the final TXGs.
6994 * spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload() should be called after
6995 * spa_state has been set to the new_state.
6997 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
6998 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
7000 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
7001 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7002 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
7004 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7011 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
7012 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
7013 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
7014 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
7016 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
7018 spa_deactivate(spa
);
7021 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
7022 *oldconfig
= fnvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
);
7024 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
7026 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
, B_FALSE
);
7030 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
7031 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
7032 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
7034 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
7037 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7041 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
7042 spa_async_resume(spa
);
7043 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7048 * Destroy a storage pool.
7051 spa_destroy(const char *pool
)
7053 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
7058 * Export a storage pool.
7061 spa_export(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
7062 boolean_t hardforce
)
7064 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
7069 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
7070 * from the namespace in any way.
7073 spa_reset(const char *pool
)
7075 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
7080 * ==========================================================================
7081 * Device manipulation
7082 * ==========================================================================
7086 * This is called as a synctask to increment the draid feature flag
7089 spa_draid_feature_incr(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7091 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
7092 int draid
= (int)(uintptr_t)arg
;
7094 for (int c
= 0; c
< draid
; c
++)
7095 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
7099 * Add a device to a storage pool.
7102 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
7104 uint64_t txg
, ndraid
= 0;
7106 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7108 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
7109 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
7111 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7113 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7115 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
7116 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
7117 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7119 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
7121 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
7125 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
7129 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
7130 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7132 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
7133 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0) {
7134 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
7138 * The virtual dRAID spares must be added after vdev tree is created
7139 * and the vdev guids are generated. The guid of their associated
7140 * dRAID is stored in the config and used when opening the spare.
7142 if ((error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, vd
, &ndraid
,
7143 rvd
->vdev_children
)) == 0) {
7144 if (ndraid
> 0 && nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
7145 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) != 0)
7148 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
7152 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
7153 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
7155 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
7156 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
7159 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
7160 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
7161 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
7162 * vdevs, we can not add raidz or dRAID top levels.
7164 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
7165 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
7166 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7167 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7168 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
7169 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
7170 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7172 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz or a dRAID */
7173 if (vdev_get_nparity(tvd
) != 0)
7174 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7177 * Need the top level mirror to be
7178 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
7180 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
7181 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
7182 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
7183 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
7184 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
7185 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
7193 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7194 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7195 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
7196 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
7197 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
7198 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7202 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
7203 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
7204 spa_load_spares(spa
);
7205 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
7208 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
7209 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
7210 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
7211 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
7212 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
7216 * We can't increment a feature while holding spa_vdev so we
7217 * have to do it in a synctask.
7222 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, txg
);
7223 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa_draid_feature_incr
,
7224 (void *)(uintptr_t)ndraid
, tx
);
7229 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
7230 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
7231 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
7232 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
7233 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
7234 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
7235 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
7237 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
7238 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
7239 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
7241 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7243 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7244 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
7245 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
7246 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7252 * Attach a device to a vdev specified by its guid. The vdev type can be
7253 * a mirror, a raidz, or a leaf device that is also a top-level (e.g. a
7254 * single device). When the vdev is a single device, a mirror vdev will be
7255 * automatically inserted.
7257 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
7258 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
7259 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
7260 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
7261 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
7262 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
7263 * is automatically detached.
7265 * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
7266 * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
7267 * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
7270 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
,
7273 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
7274 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7275 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
7277 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
7278 int newvd_isspare
= B_FALSE
;
7281 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7283 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7285 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7287 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7288 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7289 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7290 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7291 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7295 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD
))
7296 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7298 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) ||
7299 dsl_scan_resilver_scheduled(spa_get_dsl(spa
))) {
7300 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
7301 ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS
));
7304 if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd
))
7305 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
7306 ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS
));
7309 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
7310 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
7311 ZFS_ERR_DEVRM_IN_PROGRESS
));
7315 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
7317 boolean_t raidz
= oldvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_raidz_ops
;
7320 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RAIDZ_EXPANSION
))
7321 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7324 * Can't expand a raidz while prior expand is in progress.
7326 if (spa
->spa_raidz_expand
!= NULL
) {
7327 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
7328 ZFS_ERR_RAIDZ_EXPAND_IN_PROGRESS
));
7330 } else if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
7331 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7337 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
7339 if (spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
7340 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
) != 0)
7341 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7343 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
7344 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7346 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
7348 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7349 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7351 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
7352 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
7355 * log, dedup and special vdevs should not be replaced by spares.
7357 if ((oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_alloc_bias
!= VDEV_BIAS_NONE
||
7358 oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
) && newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
7359 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7363 * A dRAID spare can only replace a child of its parent dRAID vdev.
7365 if (newvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_draid_spare_ops
&&
7366 oldvd
->vdev_top
!= vdev_draid_spare_get_parent(newvd
)) {
7367 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7372 * For rebuilds, the top vdev must support reconstruction
7373 * using only space maps. This means the only allowable
7374 * vdevs types are the root vdev, a mirror, or dRAID.
7377 if (pvd
->vdev_top
!= NULL
)
7378 tvd
= pvd
->vdev_top
;
7380 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
7381 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
&&
7382 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_ops
) {
7383 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7389 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or
7390 * the root vdev. A raidz vdev can be attached to, but
7391 * you cannot attach to a raidz child.
7393 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
7394 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
&&
7396 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7398 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
7401 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
7404 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
7405 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
7406 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
7407 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7410 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
7411 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
7412 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
7413 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
7414 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
7417 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7418 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
7419 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7420 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
7421 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
7422 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7425 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
7426 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
7428 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
7432 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
7434 vdev_t
*min_vdev
= raidz
? oldvd
->vdev_child
[0] : oldvd
;
7435 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(min_vdev
))
7436 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
7439 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
7440 * than the top-level vdev.
7442 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
7443 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7446 * RAIDZ-expansion-specific checks.
7449 if (vdev_raidz_attach_check(newvd
) != 0)
7450 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7453 * Fail early if a child is not healthy or being replaced
7455 for (int i
= 0; i
< oldvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
7456 if (vdev_is_dead(oldvd
->vdev_child
[i
]) ||
7457 !oldvd
->vdev_child
[i
]->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
7458 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
,
7461 /* Also fail if reserved boot area is in-use */
7462 if (vdev_check_boot_reserve(spa
, oldvd
->vdev_child
[i
])
7464 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
,
7472 * Note: oldvdpath is freed by spa_strfree(), but
7473 * kmem_asprintf() is freed by kmem_strfree(), so we have to
7474 * move it to a spa_strdup-ed string.
7476 char *tmp
= kmem_asprintf("raidz%u-%u",
7477 (uint_t
)vdev_get_nparity(oldvd
), (uint_t
)oldvd
->vdev_id
);
7478 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(tmp
);
7481 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
7483 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
7486 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
7487 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
7489 if (strcmp(oldvdpath
, newvdpath
) == 0) {
7490 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
7491 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvdpath
) + 5,
7493 (void) sprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, "%s/old",
7495 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
7496 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
7497 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
7499 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
7500 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
7504 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
7505 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
7507 if (!raidz
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
) {
7508 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
7509 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
7510 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
7513 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
7516 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
7518 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
7519 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
7520 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
7521 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
7524 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7526 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
7528 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
7529 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
7530 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
7532 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7535 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
7536 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
7537 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
7539 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
7543 * Wait for the youngest allocations and frees to sync,
7544 * and then wait for the deferral of those frees to finish.
7546 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
,
7547 txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
+ TXG_DEFER_SIZE
, 0, FTAG
);
7549 vdev_initialize_stop_all(tvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
7550 vdev_trim_stop_all(tvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
7551 vdev_autotrim_stop_wait(tvd
);
7553 dtl_max_txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7555 tvd
->vdev_rz_expanding
= B_TRUE
;
7557 vdev_dirty_leaves(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, dtl_max_txg
);
7558 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7560 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
7562 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, vdev_raidz_attach_sync
,
7566 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
, TXG_INITIAL
,
7567 dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
7569 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
7570 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
7571 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
7574 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
7577 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
7579 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
7582 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future.
7583 * We do this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been
7584 * stitched into the respective datasets.
7587 newvd
->vdev_rebuild_txg
= txg
;
7591 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
7593 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
7594 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
7595 SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)) {
7596 vdev_defer_resilver(newvd
);
7598 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
7604 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
7605 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
7607 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
7612 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
7614 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
7615 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
7616 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
7617 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
7618 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
7620 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
7621 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
7627 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
7629 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
7630 * is a replacing or a spare vdev.
7633 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
7637 vdev_t
*rvd __maybe_unused
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7638 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
7639 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7640 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
7643 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7645 txg
= spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa
, guid
);
7647 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7650 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
7651 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
7652 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
7654 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
7655 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
7656 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
7657 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
7659 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
7660 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
7661 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
7663 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7664 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7665 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7666 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7667 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7671 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
7673 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7674 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7676 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7679 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
7680 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
7681 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
7682 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
7683 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
7684 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
7685 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
7686 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
7687 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
7688 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
7689 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
7691 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
7692 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7695 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
7697 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7698 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7699 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7701 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
7702 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
7705 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
7707 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7708 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
7709 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7710 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7713 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
7714 * we cannot safely detach it.
7716 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
7717 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7719 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
7722 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
7723 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
7724 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
7726 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
7727 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
7728 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
7730 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7731 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7733 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
7736 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
7737 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
7738 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
7739 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
7746 * If we are detaching the original disk from a normal spare, then it
7747 * implies that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed
7748 * from the active spare list for the pool. dRAID spares on the
7749 * other hand are coupled to the pool and thus should never be removed
7750 * from the spares list.
7752 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
== 0) {
7753 vdev_t
*last_cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7755 if (last_cvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
7756 last_cvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_spare_ops
) {
7762 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
7763 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
7764 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
7765 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
7766 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
7767 * it's being detached!
7769 (void) vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
7772 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
7774 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
7775 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
7778 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
7780 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7783 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
7784 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
7785 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
7786 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
7787 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
7788 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
7789 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
7792 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
7793 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
7794 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
7795 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7796 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
7800 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
7801 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
7803 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
7804 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
7805 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7806 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
7810 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
7811 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
7813 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
7814 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
7817 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7819 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
7822 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
7823 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
7824 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
7825 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
7826 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
7828 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
7830 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
7833 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7836 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7837 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7838 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7839 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7841 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
7842 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
7843 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
7844 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
7845 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
7847 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
7848 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7850 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7851 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
7853 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7855 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
7857 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
7860 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7861 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7862 * list of every other pool.
7865 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
7867 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7868 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
7869 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
7873 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
7874 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7875 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7876 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7877 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
7879 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7881 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7882 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7885 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7886 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7887 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7888 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7894 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7897 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7899 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7901 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7902 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7903 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7904 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7905 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7906 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7907 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7908 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7909 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7910 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7911 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7913 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7914 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7917 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7918 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7919 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7920 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7921 * the thread is not exited.
7923 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7924 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7925 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_rz_expanding
)) {
7926 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7927 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7928 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7929 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7930 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7931 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7932 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7933 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7934 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7935 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7936 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7937 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_UNINIT
&&
7938 vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
) {
7939 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7940 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7944 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7945 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7947 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7948 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7950 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7951 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7953 case POOL_INITIALIZE_UNINIT
:
7954 vdev_uninitialize(vd
);
7957 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7959 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7965 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7966 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7968 int total_errors
= 0;
7971 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7972 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7975 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7976 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7977 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7978 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7979 * the initializing operation.
7981 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7983 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7984 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7985 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7987 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7990 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7992 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7993 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7994 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7999 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
8000 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
8002 /* Sync out the initializing state */
8003 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
8004 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8006 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
8008 return (total_errors
);
8012 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
8013 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
8015 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
8017 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8019 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
8020 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
8021 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
8022 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8023 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
8024 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
8025 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8026 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
8027 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
8028 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8029 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
8030 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
8031 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8032 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
8033 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
8034 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8035 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
8037 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
8038 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8041 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
8042 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
8043 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
8044 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
8046 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
8047 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
||
8048 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_rz_expanding
)) {
8049 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
8050 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8051 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
8052 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
8053 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
8054 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
8055 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
8056 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
8057 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
8058 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
8059 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
8063 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
8064 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
8066 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
8067 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
8069 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
8070 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
8073 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
8075 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
8081 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
8082 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
8083 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
8086 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
8087 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
8089 int total_errors
= 0;
8092 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
8093 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
8096 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
8097 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
8098 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
8099 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
8100 * the TRIM operation.
8102 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8104 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
8105 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
8106 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
8108 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
8109 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
8111 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
8113 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
8114 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
8115 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
8120 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
8121 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
8123 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
8124 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
8125 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8127 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
8129 return (total_errors
);
8133 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
8136 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, const char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
8137 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
8140 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
8142 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
8143 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
8145 const char *altroot
= NULL
;
8146 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
8147 boolean_t activate_slog
;
8149 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8151 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
8153 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
8154 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
8155 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
8156 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
8157 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
8160 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
8161 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
8162 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
8163 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
8164 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
8167 spa_activate_log(spa
);
8170 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
8172 /* check new spa name before going any further */
8173 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
8174 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
8177 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
8179 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
8180 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
8182 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
8184 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
8185 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8187 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8188 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8190 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
8191 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| (vd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
&&
8192 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))) {
8200 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
8201 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
8203 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
8204 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
8205 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
8206 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
8208 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
8209 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
8211 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
8212 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8213 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
8215 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
8219 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
8220 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
8223 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
8228 /* deal with indirect vdevs */
8229 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ops
==
8233 /* which disk is going to be split? */
8234 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
8236 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
8240 /* look it up in the spa */
8241 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
8242 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
8243 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
8247 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
8248 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
8249 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
8250 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
8251 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
8252 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
8253 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
8254 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
8255 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
8256 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
8257 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
8261 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
8262 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
8263 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
8267 /* we need certain info from the top level */
8268 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
8269 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
);
8270 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
8271 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
);
8272 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
8273 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
);
8274 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
8275 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
);
8277 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
8278 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
8279 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
8280 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
8282 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
8283 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
8284 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
8285 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
8289 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
8290 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
8291 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
8294 /* stop writers from using the disks */
8295 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8297 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
8299 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8302 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
8303 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
8305 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
8306 fnvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
, glist
, children
);
8307 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
8309 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8310 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, nvl
);
8311 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8312 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
8313 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8315 /* configure and create the new pool */
8316 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
);
8317 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
8318 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
);
8319 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
, spa_version(spa
));
8320 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
, spa
->spa_config_txg
);
8321 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
8322 spa_generate_guid(NULL
));
8323 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
8324 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
8325 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
8327 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
8328 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
8329 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
8330 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
8331 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
8333 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
8334 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
8336 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
8337 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
8339 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
8340 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
8343 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
8344 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
8345 * once the split has completed.
8347 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
8348 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
8349 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
8351 list_t vd_trim_list
;
8352 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
8353 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
8355 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8356 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8357 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
8358 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
8359 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
8360 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
8362 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
8363 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
8364 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
8368 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
8369 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
8371 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
8372 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
8374 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
8375 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_TRUE
;
8377 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
8378 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
8382 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
8383 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
8384 newspa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_alloc();
8385 fnvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
8386 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
));
8387 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
8392 if (props
!= NULL
) {
8393 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
8394 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
8399 /* flush everything */
8400 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
8401 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8402 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
8404 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
8405 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
8407 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
8409 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
8410 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
8411 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
8412 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
8415 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8416 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8417 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
8420 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
8421 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
8422 * from being accessed after it's freed.
8424 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
8425 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
8426 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
8431 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
8432 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
8437 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
8438 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8439 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
8443 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
8445 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
8446 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
8448 /* split is complete; log a history record */
8449 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
8450 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
8452 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_FALSE
;
8453 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
8455 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
8457 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
8464 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
8467 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
8469 /* re-online all offlined disks */
8470 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8472 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
8475 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
8476 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
8477 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
8478 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8480 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8482 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
8483 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
8484 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
8486 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
8491 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
8492 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
8495 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
8497 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
8499 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8500 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8506 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
8507 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
8508 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
8509 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
8510 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
8511 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
8513 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
8514 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
8516 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
8517 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
8519 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
8520 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
8521 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
8526 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
8527 * Also potentially update faulted state.
8529 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
8530 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
8531 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
8533 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
8536 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
8543 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
8544 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
8545 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
8546 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
8549 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
8552 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
8553 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
8554 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
8555 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
8556 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
8558 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
8559 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
8561 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
8562 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
8563 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
8564 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
8573 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
8575 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
8576 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
8578 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
8580 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
8581 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
8582 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
8583 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
8584 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
8585 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
8588 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
8589 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
8592 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
8593 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
8594 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
8595 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
8597 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
8599 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
8600 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
8602 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
8604 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
8607 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
8610 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
8611 * been notified. In which case we must do so now.
8613 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
8617 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
8620 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
8624 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
8626 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8628 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
8630 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
8631 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
8633 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
8634 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
8637 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
8638 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
8639 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
8643 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
8644 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
8646 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
8647 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
8648 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
8653 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
8657 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
8659 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
8663 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
8665 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
8669 * ==========================================================================
8671 * ==========================================================================
8674 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
8676 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8678 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
8679 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8681 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
8685 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
8687 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8688 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
8689 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8691 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
8695 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
8697 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8699 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
8700 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8702 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8703 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
8704 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8707 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
8708 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
8710 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8711 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
8712 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
8716 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_ERRORSCRUB
&&
8717 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_HEAD_ERRLOG
))
8718 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8720 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
8724 * ==========================================================================
8725 * SPA async task processing
8726 * ==========================================================================
8730 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8732 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
8733 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8734 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
8735 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
8738 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
8739 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
8740 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
8741 * device, all of which is a waste.
8743 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
8744 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
8745 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
8747 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
8749 /* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
8750 zfs_post_remove(spa
, vd
);
8753 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8754 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8758 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8760 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
8761 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8762 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
8765 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8766 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8770 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8772 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
8775 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8776 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8777 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
8780 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
8783 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
8786 static __attribute__((noreturn
)) void
8787 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
8789 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
8790 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8793 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
8795 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8796 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
8797 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
8798 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8801 * See if the config needs to be updated.
8803 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
8804 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
8806 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8807 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8808 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8809 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8810 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8811 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8813 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
8815 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8816 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8817 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8818 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8819 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8820 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8823 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
8824 * then log an internal history event.
8826 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
8827 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
8828 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
8829 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
8830 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
8835 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
8837 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
8838 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8839 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8840 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
8841 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8842 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
8843 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8844 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8847 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
8848 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8849 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8850 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8854 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8856 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
8857 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8858 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8859 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8863 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8865 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
||
8866 tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE
||
8867 tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_DETACH_SPARE
) {
8868 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8872 * Kick off a resilver.
8874 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
8875 !vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
) &&
8876 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
8877 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
8878 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp
, 0);
8880 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
8881 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8882 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8883 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8884 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8885 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8888 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
8889 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8890 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8891 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8892 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8893 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8896 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
8897 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8898 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8899 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
8900 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8901 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8905 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8907 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
) {
8908 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8909 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8910 vdev_trim_l2arc(spa
);
8911 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8912 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8916 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8918 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
) {
8919 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8920 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8921 l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa
);
8922 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
);
8923 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8927 * Let the world know that we're done.
8929 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8930 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
8931 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
8932 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8937 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
8939 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8940 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8941 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8942 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8943 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8945 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8947 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8948 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8949 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8951 zthr_t
*raidz_expand_thread
= spa
->spa_raidz_expand_zthr
;
8952 if (raidz_expand_thread
!= NULL
)
8953 zthr_cancel(raidz_expand_thread
);
8955 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8956 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8957 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8959 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8960 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8961 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8963 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8964 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8965 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8969 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8971 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8972 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8973 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8974 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8975 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8977 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8978 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8979 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8981 zthr_t
*raidz_expand_thread
= spa
->spa_raidz_expand_zthr
;
8982 if (raidz_expand_thread
!= NULL
)
8983 zthr_resume(raidz_expand_thread
);
8985 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8986 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8987 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8989 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8990 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8991 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8993 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8994 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8995 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8999 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
9001 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
9003 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
9005 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
9006 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
9007 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
9008 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
9010 config_task_suspended
=
9011 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
9012 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
9015 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
9019 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
9021 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
9022 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
9023 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
9024 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
)
9025 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
9026 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
9027 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
9031 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
9033 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
9034 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
9035 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
9036 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
9040 spa_async_tasks(spa_t
*spa
)
9042 return (spa
->spa_async_tasks
);
9046 * ==========================================================================
9047 * SPA syncing routines
9048 * ==========================================================================
9053 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
9057 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
9062 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9064 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
9068 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9070 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
9074 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9078 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio
, pio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
9084 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
9088 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
9092 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
9093 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
9096 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9098 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
9099 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
9100 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
9104 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
9105 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
9108 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9110 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
9115 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
9116 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
9117 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
9118 * not have any entries.
9120 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
9121 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
9122 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
9123 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
9125 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
9126 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
9127 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
9128 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
9132 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9134 char *packed
= NULL
;
9139 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
9142 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
9143 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
9144 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
9146 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
9147 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
9149 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
9151 memset(packed
+ nvsize
, 0, bufsize
- nvsize
);
9153 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
9155 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
9157 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
9158 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
9159 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
9160 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
9164 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
9165 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
9175 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
9176 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
9177 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
9179 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
9180 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9181 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
9182 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
9183 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9184 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
9185 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
9188 nvroot
= fnvlist_alloc();
9189 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
9190 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
,
9191 (const nvlist_t
* const *)NULL
, 0);
9193 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
9194 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9195 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
9196 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
9197 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
,
9198 (const nvlist_t
* const *)list
, sav
->sav_count
);
9199 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9200 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
9201 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
9204 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
9205 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
9207 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
9211 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
9212 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
9215 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9217 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9219 if (vd
->vdev_root_zap
!= 0 &&
9220 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_AVZ_V2
)) {
9221 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
9222 vd
->vdev_root_zap
, tx
));
9224 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
9225 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
9226 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
9228 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
9229 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
9230 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
9232 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9233 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
9238 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9243 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
9244 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
9245 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
9246 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
9248 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
9249 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
9252 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9254 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
9255 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
9256 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
9258 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
9259 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
9260 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9261 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
9262 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
9264 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
9268 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9269 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
9270 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
9271 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
9272 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
9273 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
9276 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
9279 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
9284 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
9286 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
9287 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9288 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
9290 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
9291 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9292 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
9293 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
9295 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
9296 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
9300 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
9301 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9302 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
9303 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
9304 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
9305 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
9306 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
9309 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
9311 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
9312 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9313 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
9314 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9315 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
9316 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
9319 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
9320 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9321 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
9322 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
9324 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
9326 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
9327 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
9329 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
9330 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
9333 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
9334 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
9336 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
9337 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
9338 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9340 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9342 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9343 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
9345 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
9349 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9351 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
9352 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
9353 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
9356 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
9358 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
9360 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
9361 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
9363 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9364 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9365 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
9366 (longlong_t
)version
);
9370 * Set zpool properties.
9373 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9375 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
9376 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
9377 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
9378 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
9380 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
9382 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
9384 const char *strval
, *fname
;
9386 const char *propname
;
9387 const char *elemname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
9388 zprop_type_t proptype
;
9391 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(elemname
)) {
9392 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
9393 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
9395 * The version is synced separately before other
9396 * properties and should be correct by now.
9398 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
9401 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
9403 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
9404 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
9406 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
9409 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
9410 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
9412 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
9416 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
9417 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
9418 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
9419 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
9420 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
9422 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
9423 * so that their labels get updated. We also need to
9424 * update the cache file to keep it in sync with the
9425 * MOS version. It's unnecessary to do this for pool
9426 * creation since the vdev's configuration has already
9429 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
9430 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9431 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
9433 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
9434 "%s=%s", elemname
, strval
);
9436 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
:
9437 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
9438 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
)
9439 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
9440 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(strval
);
9442 * Dirty the configuration on vdevs as above.
9444 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
9445 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9446 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
9449 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
9450 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
9453 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
9454 if (zpool_prop_feature(elemname
)) {
9455 fname
= strchr(elemname
, '@') + 1;
9456 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
9458 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
9459 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
9460 "%s=enabled", elemname
);
9462 } else if (!zfs_prop_user(elemname
)) {
9463 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(elemname
));
9469 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
9471 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
9472 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
9473 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
9474 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
9478 /* normalize the property name */
9479 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
9480 propname
= elemname
;
9481 proptype
= PROP_TYPE_STRING
;
9483 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
9484 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
9487 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
9488 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
9489 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
9490 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
9491 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
9492 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
9493 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
9494 "%s=%s", elemname
, strval
);
9495 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
9496 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
9498 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
9500 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
9501 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
9503 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
9504 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
9505 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
9506 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
9507 "%s=%lld", elemname
,
9508 (longlong_t
)intval
);
9511 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
9512 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
9514 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
9515 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
9517 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
9518 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
9520 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
9521 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
9522 spa_async_request(spa
,
9523 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
9525 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
9526 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
9527 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
9528 spa_async_request(spa
,
9529 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
9531 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
9532 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
9538 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
9544 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
9548 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
9549 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
9550 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
9551 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
9555 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9557 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
9560 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9561 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
9563 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
9564 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
9565 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
9567 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
9568 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
9571 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
9572 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
9573 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
9576 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
9577 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
9578 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
9580 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
9581 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
9584 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
9585 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
9586 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
9590 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
9591 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
9592 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
9593 * this feature active
9595 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
9596 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
9597 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
9598 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
9599 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
9601 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
9602 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
9606 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
9607 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
9608 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
9610 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
9611 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
9612 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9613 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
9614 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
9615 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
9618 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
9622 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
9624 vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
;
9625 vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
;
9627 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
9628 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
9629 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
9632 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
9633 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
9634 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
9635 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
9636 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
9637 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
9638 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
9639 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
9640 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
9641 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
9642 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
9643 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
9645 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
9648 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
9649 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
9650 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
9652 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
9656 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
9657 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
9658 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
9661 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
9663 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9665 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9666 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
9667 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
9668 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
9669 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
9670 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
9672 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
9673 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9674 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9676 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
9677 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
9680 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
9681 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
9685 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
9686 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
9687 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
9689 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
9690 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
9691 &(mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_alloc_queue_depth
)));
9693 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
9695 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
9696 mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
=
9697 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
9699 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
9702 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9703 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9705 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9707 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9709 normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9710 slots_per_allocator
;
9711 special
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9712 slots_per_allocator
;
9713 dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9714 slots_per_allocator
;
9716 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9717 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9718 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9722 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9724 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9726 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9727 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9728 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9729 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
9731 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
9732 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
9739 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9741 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
9742 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9743 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9744 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
9747 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
9749 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
9750 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
9751 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
9752 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
9753 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
9754 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
9755 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
9757 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
9758 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
9760 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
9761 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
9762 * as the log space map should effectively have the
9763 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
9765 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
9768 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
9769 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
9771 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
9772 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
9773 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
9778 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
9779 dsl_errorscrub_sync(dp
, tx
);
9781 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
9783 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
9786 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
9792 * dsl_pool_sync() -> dp_sync_tasks may have dirtied
9793 * the config. If that happens, this txg should not
9794 * be a no-op. So we must sync the config to the MOS
9795 * before checking for no-op.
9797 * Note that when the config is dirty, it will
9798 * be written to the MOS (i.e. the MOS will be
9799 * dirtied) every time we call spa_sync_config_object()
9800 * in this txg. Therefore we can't call this after
9801 * dsl_pool_sync() every pass, because it would
9802 * prevent us from converging, since we'd dirty
9803 * the MOS every pass.
9805 * Sync tasks can only be processed in pass 1, so
9806 * there's no need to do this in later passes.
9808 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
9812 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
9813 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
9814 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
9815 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
9816 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
9817 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
9818 * don't want to rely on that here).
9821 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
9822 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
9824 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
9825 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
9826 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
9828 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9829 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9830 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9831 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9835 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
9836 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
9840 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
9841 * commit the transaction group.
9843 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
9844 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
9845 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
9846 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
9849 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9851 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9852 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9858 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
9859 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
9861 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9863 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9864 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
9866 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
9867 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
9869 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
9871 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
9873 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
9874 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
9877 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
9879 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9882 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
9883 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
9886 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
9888 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
9889 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
9893 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
9895 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9899 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
9900 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
9905 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
9906 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
9909 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
9913 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
9916 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9917 * before this txg syncs.
9919 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9920 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
9924 * Now that there can be no more cloning in this transaction group,
9925 * but we are still before issuing frees, we can process pending BRT
9928 brt_pending_apply(spa
, txg
);
9931 * Lock out configuration changes.
9933 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9935 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
9936 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9938 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9939 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9940 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
9941 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9945 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9946 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9948 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9949 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9950 /* Avoid holding the write lock unless actually necessary */
9951 if (vd
->vdev_aux
== NULL
) {
9952 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9953 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9957 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9958 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9959 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9960 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9961 * into the root vdev tree.
9963 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9964 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9965 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9966 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9967 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9969 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9970 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9972 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9974 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9975 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
9977 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
9978 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9979 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
9980 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9981 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
9984 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9985 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9987 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
9988 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
9989 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9992 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9993 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
9994 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
9997 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
9998 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
9999 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
10000 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
10001 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
10005 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
10007 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
10009 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
10012 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
10014 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
10015 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
10016 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
10017 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
10018 * spa_sync_config_object.
10020 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
10021 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
10022 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
10023 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
10024 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
10028 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
10029 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
10032 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
10035 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
10036 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
10039 * Clear the dirty config list.
10041 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
10042 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
10045 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
10046 * let it become visible to the config cache.
10048 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
10049 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
10050 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
10051 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
10054 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
10056 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
10057 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
10058 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
10059 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
10063 * Update usable space statistics.
10065 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
10067 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
10069 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
10070 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
10072 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
10074 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
10076 if (spa_get_autotrim(spa
) == SPA_AUTOTRIM_ON
)
10077 vdev_autotrim_kick(spa
);
10080 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
10081 * since vdev_config_sync().
10083 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
10084 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
10085 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
10087 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
10090 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
10093 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
10094 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
10095 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
10096 * that txg has been completed.
10098 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
10099 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
10101 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
10104 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
10106 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
10110 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
10111 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
10115 spa_sync_allpools(void)
10118 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10119 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
10120 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
10121 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
10123 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
10124 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10125 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
10126 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10127 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
10129 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10133 spa_sync_tq_create(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
)
10135 kthread_t
**kthreads
;
10137 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_tq
== NULL
);
10138 ASSERT3S(spa
->spa_alloc_count
, <=, boot_ncpus
);
10141 * - do not allow more allocators than cpus.
10142 * - there may be more cpus than allocators.
10143 * - do not allow more sync taskq threads than allocators or cpus.
10145 int nthreads
= spa
->spa_alloc_count
;
10146 spa
->spa_syncthreads
= kmem_zalloc(sizeof (spa_syncthread_info_t
) *
10147 nthreads
, KM_SLEEP
);
10149 spa
->spa_sync_tq
= taskq_create_synced(name
, nthreads
, minclsyspri
,
10150 nthreads
, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_PREPOPULATE
, &kthreads
);
10151 VERIFY(spa
->spa_sync_tq
!= NULL
);
10152 VERIFY(kthreads
!= NULL
);
10154 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
=
10155 &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
];
10157 spa_syncthread_info_t
*ti
= spa
->spa_syncthreads
;
10158 for (int i
= 0, w
= 0; i
< nthreads
; i
++, w
++, ti
++) {
10159 ti
->sti_thread
= kthreads
[i
];
10160 if (w
== tqs
->stqs_count
) {
10163 ti
->sti_wr_iss_tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[w
];
10166 kmem_free(kthreads
, sizeof (*kthreads
) * nthreads
);
10167 return (spa
->spa_sync_tq
);
10171 spa_sync_tq_destroy(spa_t
*spa
)
10173 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_tq
!= NULL
);
10175 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_sync_tq
);
10176 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_sync_tq
);
10177 kmem_free(spa
->spa_syncthreads
,
10178 sizeof (spa_syncthread_info_t
) * spa
->spa_alloc_count
);
10179 spa
->spa_sync_tq
= NULL
;
10183 spa_select_allocator(zio_t
*zio
)
10185 zbookmark_phys_t
*bm
= &zio
->io_bookmark
;
10186 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
10188 ASSERT(zio
->io_type
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
);
10191 * A gang block (for example) may have inherited its parent's
10192 * allocator, in which case there is nothing further to do here.
10194 if (ZIO_HAS_ALLOCATOR(zio
))
10197 ASSERT(spa
!= NULL
);
10198 ASSERT(bm
!= NULL
);
10201 * First try to use an allocator assigned to the syncthread, and set
10202 * the corresponding write issue taskq for the allocator.
10203 * Note, we must have an open pool to do this.
10205 if (spa
->spa_sync_tq
!= NULL
) {
10206 spa_syncthread_info_t
*ti
= spa
->spa_syncthreads
;
10207 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++, ti
++) {
10208 if (ti
->sti_thread
== curthread
) {
10209 zio
->io_allocator
= i
;
10210 zio
->io_wr_iss_tq
= ti
->sti_wr_iss_tq
;
10217 * We want to try to use as many allocators as possible to help improve
10218 * performance, but we also want logically adjacent IOs to be physically
10219 * adjacent to improve sequential read performance. We chunk each object
10220 * into 2^20 block regions, and then hash based on the objset, object,
10221 * level, and region to accomplish both of these goals.
10223 uint64_t hv
= cityhash4(bm
->zb_objset
, bm
->zb_object
, bm
->zb_level
,
10224 bm
->zb_blkid
>> 20);
10226 zio
->io_allocator
= (uint_t
)hv
% spa
->spa_alloc_count
;
10227 zio
->io_wr_iss_tq
= NULL
;
10231 * ==========================================================================
10232 * Miscellaneous routines
10233 * ==========================================================================
10237 * Remove all pools in the system.
10240 spa_evict_all(void)
10245 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
10246 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
10248 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10249 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
10251 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
10252 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
10253 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
10255 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
10256 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10257 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
10258 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10259 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
10261 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
10263 spa_deactivate(spa
);
10267 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
10271 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
10276 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
10280 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
10281 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
10282 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
10286 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
10287 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
10288 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
10297 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
10299 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
10301 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
10304 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
10305 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
10308 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
10309 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
10311 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
10312 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
10314 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
10316 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
10320 spa_has_aux_vdev(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
10324 uint64_t vdev_guid
;
10326 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
10327 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
10330 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
10331 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
10332 &vdev_guid
) == 0 && vdev_guid
== guid
)
10340 spa_has_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
10342 return (spa_has_aux_vdev(spa
, guid
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
));
10346 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
10348 return (spa_has_aux_vdev(spa
, guid
, &spa
->spa_spares
));
10352 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
10353 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
10356 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
10360 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
10362 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
10363 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
10364 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
10373 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
10375 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
10378 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
10379 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
10380 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
10382 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
10388 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
10389 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
10390 * whether it is finished waiting.
10393 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
10396 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
10397 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
10399 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10400 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
10401 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10405 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
10406 * they are finished using the spa_t.
10409 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
10411 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10412 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
10413 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
10414 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
10415 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10416 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
10417 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10420 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
10422 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t
*vd
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
)
10424 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
10426 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
10427 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
10428 ASSERT(activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
||
10429 activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
);
10431 kmutex_t
*lock
= activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
?
10432 &vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
: &vd
->vdev_trim_lock
;
10434 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10436 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10438 boolean_t in_progress
= (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
) ?
10439 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) :
10440 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
== VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
10446 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
10447 if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
],
10456 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
10457 * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
10458 * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
10459 * spa_activities_lock.
10462 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
10463 zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
10465 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10466 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
10467 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10471 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
10472 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
10473 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
10477 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
10480 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
, activity
);
10482 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
10487 * Locking for waiting threads
10488 * ---------------------------
10490 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
10491 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
10492 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
10493 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
10494 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
10495 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
10496 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
10497 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
10499 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
10500 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
10501 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
10502 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
10503 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
10504 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
10506 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
10507 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
10508 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
10509 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
10510 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
10512 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
10513 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
10514 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
10515 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
10516 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
10518 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
10519 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
10520 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
10521 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
10522 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
10523 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
10524 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
10529 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
10530 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
10534 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
10536 switch (activity
) {
10537 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
10539 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
10540 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
10541 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
10544 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
10545 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
10546 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
10547 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
10548 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
10550 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
10551 case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
:
10552 error
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa
, use_tag
, tag
,
10553 activity
, in_progress
);
10555 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
10556 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10557 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
10558 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10560 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
10561 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
10563 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
10564 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
10567 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
10568 *in_progress
= vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
10572 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
10574 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
10575 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
10577 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
10578 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
10579 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
10580 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
10581 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
10584 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RAIDZ_EXPAND
:
10586 vdev_raidz_expand_t
*vre
= spa
->spa_raidz_expand
;
10587 *in_progress
= (vre
!= NULL
&& vre
->vre_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
10591 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
10598 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
10599 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
10602 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
10603 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
10604 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
10605 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
10607 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
10608 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
10609 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
10611 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
&&
10612 activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
)
10615 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
10619 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
10624 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
10625 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
10626 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
10627 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
10628 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
10629 * potentially long wait.
10631 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10632 spa
->spa_waiters
++;
10633 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
10637 boolean_t in_progress
;
10638 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
10641 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
10646 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
10647 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
10653 spa
->spa_waiters
--;
10654 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
10655 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
10661 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
10662 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
10665 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
10668 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
10672 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
10675 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
10678 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
10682 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
10684 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
10686 nvlist_t
*resource
;
10688 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
10690 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
10691 ev
->resource
= resource
;
10694 (void) spa
, (void) vd
, (void) hist_nvl
, (void) name
;
10700 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
10704 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
10705 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
10713 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
10714 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
10715 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
10716 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
10717 * or zdb as real changes.
10720 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
10722 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
10725 /* state manipulation functions */
10726 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
10727 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
10728 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
10729 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
10730 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
10731 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
10732 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
10733 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
10734 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
10735 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
10736 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
10737 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
10738 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
10739 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
10740 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
10741 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
10743 /* device manipulation */
10744 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
10745 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
10746 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
10747 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
10748 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
10749 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
10751 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
10752 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
10753 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
10754 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
10755 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
10757 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
10758 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
10759 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
10760 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
10761 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
10762 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
10765 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
10766 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
10769 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
10770 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
10773 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
10774 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
10775 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
10777 /* asynchronous event notification */
10778 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
10780 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_metaslab
, metaslab_
, preload_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10781 "Percentage of CPUs to run a metaslab preload taskq");
10783 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10784 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, UINT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10785 "log2 fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
10786 "verifying pool during import");
10789 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10790 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
10792 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10793 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
10795 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10796 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
10798 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
10799 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
10801 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_tpq
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
10802 "Number of threads per IO worker taskqueue");
10804 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10805 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, U64
, ZMOD_RW
,
10806 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
10807 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
10810 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
,
10811 ZMOD_RW
, "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
10813 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
,
10814 ZMOD_RW
, "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
10816 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10817 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
,
10819 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
10821 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
,
10823 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
10825 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
,
10827 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
10828 "was being condensed");
10831 ZFS_MODULE_VIRTUAL_PARAM_CALL(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_read
,
10832 spa_taskq_read_param_set
, spa_taskq_read_param_get
, ZMOD_RD
,
10833 "Configure IO queues for read IO");
10834 ZFS_MODULE_VIRTUAL_PARAM_CALL(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_write
,
10835 spa_taskq_write_param_set
, spa_taskq_write_param_get
, ZMOD_RD
,
10836 "Configure IO queues for write IO");
10840 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_wr_iss_ncpus
, UINT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10841 "Number of CPUs to run write issue taskqs");